blob: d7816260118f7a750aeb015bbfc40ab4ffdb86d2 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000042 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One());
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000043 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000051ABIArgInfo
52ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign,
53 llvm::Type *Padding) const {
54 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
55 ByRef, Realign, Padding);
56}
57
58ABIArgInfo
59ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const {
60 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
61 /*ByRef*/ false, Realign);
62}
63
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +000064Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
65 QualType Ty) const {
66 return Address::invalid();
67}
68
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +000069ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000070
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000071static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000072 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000073 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
74 if (!RD)
75 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000076 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000077}
78
79static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000080 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000081 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
82 if (!RT)
83 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000084 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
85}
86
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000087/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
88/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
89static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
90 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
91 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
92 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
93 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
94 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
95 }
96 }
97 return Ty;
98}
99
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000100CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
101 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000102}
103
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000104ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
105 return CGT.getContext();
106}
107
108llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
109 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
110}
111
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000112const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
113 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000114}
115
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000116const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
117 return CGT.getTarget();
118}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000119
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000120bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
121 return false;
122}
123
124bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
125 uint64_t Members) const {
126 return false;
127}
128
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000129bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
130 return false;
131}
132
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000133void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000134 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000135 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000136 switch (TheKind) {
137 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000138 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000139 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000140 Ty->print(OS);
141 else
142 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000143 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000144 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000145 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000146 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000147 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000148 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000149 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000150 case InAlloca:
151 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
152 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153 case Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000154 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000155 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000156 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000157 break;
158 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000159 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000160 break;
161 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000162 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000163}
164
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000165// Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment.
166static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
167 llvm::Value *Ptr,
168 CharUnits Align) {
169 llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr;
170 // OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align;
171 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy);
172 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt,
173 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1));
174 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt,
175 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity()));
176 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt,
177 Ptr->getType(),
178 Ptr->getName() + ".aligned");
179 return PtrAsInt;
180}
181
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000182/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
183/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
184///
185/// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules.
186///
187/// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
188/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
189/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
190/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
191/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
192/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
193/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. If this
194/// is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than
195/// DirectAlign.
196static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
197 Address VAListAddr,
198 llvm::Type *DirectTy,
199 CharUnits DirectSize,
200 CharUnits DirectAlign,
201 CharUnits SlotSize,
202 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
203 // Cast the element type to i8* if necessary. Some platforms define
204 // va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*.
205 if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy)
206 VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
207
208 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur");
209
210 // If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed.
211 Address Addr = Address::invalid();
212 if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) {
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000213 Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign),
214 DirectAlign);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000215 } else {
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000216 Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000217 }
218
219 // Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back.
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +0000220 CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000221 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
222 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize,
223 "argp.next");
224 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
225
226 // If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian
227 // target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot.
228 if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
229 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize);
230 }
231
232 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy);
233 return Addr;
234}
235
236/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
237/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
238///
239/// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly.
240/// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally
241/// computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy).
242/// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
243/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
244/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
245/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
246/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
247/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
248/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.
249static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
250 QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect,
251 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo,
252 CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign,
253 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
254 // The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly.
255 CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign;
256 if (IsIndirect) {
257 DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize();
258 DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign();
259 } else {
260 DirectSize = ValueInfo.first;
261 DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second;
262 }
263
264 // Cast the address we've calculated to the right type.
265 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy);
266 if (IsIndirect)
267 DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
268
269 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy,
270 DirectSize, DirectAlign,
271 SlotSizeAndAlign,
272 AllowHigherAlign);
273
274 if (IsIndirect) {
275 Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second);
276 }
277
278 return Addr;
279
280}
281
282static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
283 Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1,
284 Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2,
285 const llvm::Twine &Name = "") {
286 assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType());
287 llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name);
288 PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1);
289 PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2);
290 CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment());
291 return Address(PHI, Align);
292}
293
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000294TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
295
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000296// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
297// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
298unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
299 // Verified for:
300 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
301 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
302 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
303 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000304 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000305 return 32;
306}
307
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000308bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
309 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000310 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
311 // x86_stdcall
312 // MIPS
313 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
314 return false;
315}
316
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000317void
318TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
319 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
320 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
321 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
322 // dynamic.
323 Opt = "-l";
324 Opt += Lib;
325}
326
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000327static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000328
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000329/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000330/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000331static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
332 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000333 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
334 return true;
335
336 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000337
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000338 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
339 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000340 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000341 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
342 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
343 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000344 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000345 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000346
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000347 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
348 if (!RT)
349 return false;
350
351 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
352 //
353 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
354 // current ABI.
355 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
356 return false;
357
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000358 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000359}
360
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000361/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000362/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
363/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000364static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000365 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000366 if (!RT)
367 return 0;
368 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
369 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
370 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000371
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000372 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000373 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000374 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
375 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000376 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000377
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000378 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
379 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000380 return false;
381 return true;
382}
383
384/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
385/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
386/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
387/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
388/// considered single element structs.
389///
390/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
391/// it exists.
392static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000393 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000394 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000395 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000396
397 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
398 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000399 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000400
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000401 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000402
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000403 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
404 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000405 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000406 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000407 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000408 continue;
409
410 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
411 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000412 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000413
414 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
415 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000416 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000417 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000418 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000419 }
420 }
421
422 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000423 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000424 QualType FT = FD->getType();
425
426 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000427 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000428 continue;
429
430 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
431 // struct.
432 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000433 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000434
435 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
436 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
437 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
438 break;
439 FT = AT->getElementType();
440 }
441
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000442 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000443 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
444 } else {
445 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
446 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000447 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000448 }
449 }
450
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000451 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
452 // padding beyond the element type.
453 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000454 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000455
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000456 return Found;
457}
458
459static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000460 // Treat complex types as the element type.
461 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
462 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
463
464 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
465 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
466 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000467 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000468 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000469 return false;
470
471 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
472 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
473}
474
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000475/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
476/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
477/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
478/// inhibiting optimizations.
479///
480// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
481// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
482// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
483// capable of handling it.
484static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
485 // We can only expand structure types.
486 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
487 if (!RT)
488 return false;
489
490 // We can only expand (C) structures.
491 //
492 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
493 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000494 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000495 return false;
496
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000497 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
499 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
500 return false;
501 }
502
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000503 uint64_t Size = 0;
504
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000505 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000506 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
507 return false;
508
509 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
510 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
511 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
512 if (FD->isBitField())
513 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000514
515 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000516 }
517
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000518 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
519 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
520 return false;
521
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000522 return true;
523}
524
525namespace {
526/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
527/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
528/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
529/// conform to any particular ABI.
530class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000531public:
532 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000533
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000534 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
535 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000536
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000537 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000538 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
539 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000540 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
541 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000542 }
543
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000544 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
545 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000546};
547
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000548class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
549public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000550 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
551 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000552};
553
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000554Address DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
555 QualType Ty) const {
556 return Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000559ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000560 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
561
562 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
563 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
564 // passed by value.
565 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000566 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000567
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000568 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000569 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000570
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000571 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
572 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
573 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000574
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000575 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
576 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000577}
578
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000579ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
580 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
581 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
582
583 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000584 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000585
586 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
587 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
588 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
589
590 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
591 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
592}
593
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000594//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000595// WebAssembly ABI Implementation
596//
597// This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo.
598//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
599
600class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo {
601public:
602 explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
603 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
604
605private:
606 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
607 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
608
609 // DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
610 // non-virtual, but computeInfo is virtual, so we overload that.
611 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
612 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
613 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
614 for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
615 Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
616 }
617};
618
619class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
620public:
621 explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
622 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {}
623};
624
625/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
626ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
627 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
628
629 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
630 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
631 // passed by value.
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000632 if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000633 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000634 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
635 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
636 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
637 // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
638 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
639 // though watch out for things like bitfields.
640 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
641 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000642 }
643
644 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
645 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
646}
647
648ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
649 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
650 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
651 // returned by value.
652 if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
653 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
654 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
655 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
656 // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We
657 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using
658 // ABIArgInfo::getDirect().
659 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
660 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
661 }
662 }
663
664 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
665 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
666}
667
668//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000669// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000670//
671// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
672// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
674
675class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
676 public:
677 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
678
679 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000680 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000681
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000682 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000683 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
684 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000685};
686
687class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
688 public:
689 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
690 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
691};
692
693void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000694 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000695 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
696
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000697 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
698 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
699}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000700
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000701Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
702 QualType Ty) const {
703 return Address::invalid();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000704}
705
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000706/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
707ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000708 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000709 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000710 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
711 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000712 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
713 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000714 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000715 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
716 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
717 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000718 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000719
720 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
721 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000722}
723
724ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
725 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
726 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
727
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000728 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000729 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000730 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000731
732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
738}
739
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000740/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
741bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
742 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000743 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
744 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
745 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
746}
747
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000748static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000749 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000750 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000751 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
752 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
753 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000754 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000755 }
756
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000757 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000758 }
759
760 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000761 return Ty;
762}
763
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000764/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
765/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
766static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
767 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
768 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
769 return true;
770 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
771 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
772 // registers specially.
773 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
774 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
775 return true;
776 }
777 return false;
778}
779
780/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
781/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
782static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
783 return NumMembers <= 4;
784}
785
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000786//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
787// X86-32 ABI Implementation
788//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000789
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000790/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
791struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000792 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793
794 unsigned CC;
795 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000796 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000797};
798
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000799/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
800class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000801 enum Class {
802 Integer,
803 Float
804 };
805
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000806 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
807
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000808 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000809 bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000810 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000811 bool IsSoftFloatABI;
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +0000812 bool IsMCUABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000813 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000814
815 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
816 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
817 }
818
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000819 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
820 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
821 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
822 }
823
824 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
825 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
826 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
827 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
828 }
829
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000830 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000831
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000832 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
833 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000834 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
835
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000836 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000837
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000838 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000839 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000840
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000842 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +0000844 /// \brief Updates the number of available free registers, returns
845 /// true if any registers were allocated.
846 bool updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
847
848 bool shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &InReg,
849 bool &NeedsPadding) const;
850 bool shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000851
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000852 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
853 /// inalloca.
854 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
855
856 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000857 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000858 QualType Type) const;
859
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000860public:
861
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000862 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000863 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
864 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000865
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000866 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
867 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000868 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000869 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI),
870 IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI),
871 IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000872 IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +0000873 IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000874 DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000875};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000876
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000877class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
878public:
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000879 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
880 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000881 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
882 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(
883 CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI,
884 NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000885
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000886 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
887 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
888
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000889 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000890 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000891
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000892 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000893 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000894 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000895 return 4;
896 }
897
898 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000899 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000900
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000901 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000902 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000903 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000904 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
905 }
906
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000907 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
908 std::string &Constraints,
909 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
910 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
911 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
912 std::string &AsmString,
913 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
914
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000915 llvm::Constant *
916 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000917 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
918 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
919 ('F' << 16) |
920 ('T' << 24);
921 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
922 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000923};
924
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000925}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000926
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000927/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
928/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
929/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
930/// mov $0, $1
931/// mov eax, $1
932/// The result will be:
933/// mov $0, $2
934/// mov eax, $2
935static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
936 unsigned NumNewOuts,
937 std::string &AsmString) {
938 std::string Buf;
939 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
940 size_t Pos = 0;
941 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
942 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
943 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
944 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
945 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
946 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
947 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
948 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
949 Pos = DollarEnd;
950 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
951 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
952 // We have an operand reference.
953 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
954 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
955 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
956 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
957 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
958 unsigned OperandIndex;
959 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
960 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
961 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
962 OS << OperandIndex;
963 } else {
964 OS << OperandStr;
965 }
966 Pos = DigitEnd;
967 }
968 }
969 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
970}
971
972/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
973void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
974 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
975 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
976 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
977 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
978 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
979 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
980
981 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
982 // larger.
983 if (!Constraints.empty())
984 Constraints += ',';
985 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
986 Constraints += "={eax}";
987 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
988 } else {
989 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
990 Constraints += "=A";
991 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
992 }
993
994 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
995 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
996 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
997
998 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
999 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
1000 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
1001 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
1002
1003 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
1004}
1005
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001006/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001007/// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001008bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
1009 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001010 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1011
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001012 // For i386, type must be register sized.
1013 // For the MCU ABI, it only needs to be <= 8-byte
1014 if ((IsMCUABI && Size > 64) || (!IsMCUABI && !isRegisterSize(Size)))
1015 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001016
1017 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
1018 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
1019 // registers.
1020 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
1021 return false;
1022
1023 return true;
1024 }
1025
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001026 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
1027 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +00001028 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +00001029 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001030 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001031 return true;
1032
1033 // Arrays are treated like records.
1034 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001035 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001036
1037 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001038 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001039 if (!RT) return false;
1040
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001041 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
1042
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001043 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
1044 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001045 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001046 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00001047 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001048 continue;
1049
1050 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001051 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001052 return false;
1053 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001054 return true;
1055}
1056
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001057ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001058 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
1059 // integer register.
1060 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1061 --State.FreeRegs;
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001062 if (!IsMCUABI)
1063 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001064 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001065 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001066}
1067
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001068ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
1069 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001070 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001071 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001072
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001073 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1074 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1075 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1076 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
1077 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
1078 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1079 }
1080
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001081 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001082 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001083 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001084 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001085
1086 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
1087 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
1088 // backend will like.
1089 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001090 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001091 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001092
1093 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
1094 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
1095 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1096 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001097 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001098 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001099
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001100 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001101 }
1102
1103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001104 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001105
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001106 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001107 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001108 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001109 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001110 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001111 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001112
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001113 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001114 if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001115 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001116
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001117 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
1118 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001119 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001120 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001121
1122 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
1123 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001124 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
1125 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
1126 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001127 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001128 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001129 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001130 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
1131
1132 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
1133 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001134 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001135 }
1136
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001137 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001138 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001139
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001140 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1141 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
1142 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1143
1144 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1145 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001146}
1147
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001148static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1149 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
1150}
1151
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001152static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1153 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1154 if (!RT)
1155 return 0;
1156 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1157
1158 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1159 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001160 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
1161 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001162 return false;
1163
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001164 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001165 QualType FT = i->getType();
1166
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001167 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001168 return true;
1169
1170 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
1171 return true;
1172 }
1173
1174 return false;
1175}
1176
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001177unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
1178 unsigned Align) const {
1179 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
1180 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001181 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001182 return 0; // Use default alignment.
1183
1184 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
1185 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1186 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001187 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001188 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001189
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001190 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001191 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
1192 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001193 return 16;
1194
1195 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001196}
1197
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001198ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001199 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001200 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001201 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1202 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001203 if (!IsMCUABI)
1204 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001205 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001206 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001207 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001208
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001209 // Compute the byval alignment.
1210 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
1211 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
1212 if (StackAlign == 0)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001213 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001214
1215 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
1216 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001217 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001218 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign),
1219 /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001220}
1221
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001222X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
1223 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
1224 if (!T)
1225 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
1226
1227 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1228 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
1229 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
1230 return Float;
1231 }
1232 return Integer;
1233}
1234
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001235bool X86_32ABIInfo::updateFreeRegs(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001236 if (!IsSoftFloatABI) {
1237 Class C = classify(Ty);
1238 if (C == Float)
1239 return false;
1240 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001241
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001242 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1243 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001244
1245 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1246 return false;
1247
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001248 if (!IsMCUABI) {
1249 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1250 State.FreeRegs = 0;
1251 return false;
1252 }
1253 } else {
1254 // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are
1255 // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also,
1256 // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register,
1257 // even if there are 3 free registers available.
1258 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2)
1259 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001260 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001261
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001262 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001263 return true;
1264}
1265
1266bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldAggregateUseDirect(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
1267 bool &InReg,
1268 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
1269 NeedsPadding = false;
1270 InReg = !IsMCUABI;
1271
1272 if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
1273 return false;
1274
1275 if (IsMCUABI)
1276 return true;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001277
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001278 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1279 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001280 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 32 && State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001281 NeedsPadding = true;
1282
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001283 return false;
1284 }
1285
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001286 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001287}
1288
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001289bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const {
1290 if (!updateFreeRegs(Ty, State))
1291 return false;
1292
1293 if (IsMCUABI)
1294 return false;
1295
1296 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1297 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1298 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 32)
1299 return false;
1300
1301 return (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || Ty->isPointerType() ||
1302 Ty->isReferenceType());
1303 }
1304
1305 return true;
1306}
1307
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001308ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1309 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001310 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001311
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001312 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1313
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001314 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1315 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1316 if (RT) {
1317 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1318 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1319 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1320 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1321 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1322 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1323 }
1324 }
1325
1326 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1327 // to other targets.
1328 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1329 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1330 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1331 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1332 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1333 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1334 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1335 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1336 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1337 }
1338 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1339 }
1340
1341 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1342 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001343 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001344 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001345 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001346
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001347 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001348 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001349 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001350 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001351
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001352 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001353 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001354 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1355
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001356 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1357 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001358 bool NeedsPadding, InReg;
1359 if (shouldAggregateUseDirect(Ty, State, InReg, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001360 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001361 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001362 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001363 if (InReg)
1364 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1365 else
1366 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Result);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001367 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001368 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001369
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001370 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1371 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1372 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1373 // optimizations.
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001374 // Don't do this for the MCU if there are still free integer registers
1375 // (see X86_64 ABI for full explanation).
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001376 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001377 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()) &&
1378 (!IsMCUABI || State.FreeRegs == 0))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001379 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001380 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1381 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1382 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001383
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001384 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001385 }
1386
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001387 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001388 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1389 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001390 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1391 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001392 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1393 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1395 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001396 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001397
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001398 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1399 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001400
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001401 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1402 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001403
1404
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001405 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1406 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001407
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001408 bool InReg = shouldPrimitiveUseInReg(Ty, State);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001409
1410 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1411 if (InReg)
1412 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1413 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1414 }
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001415
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001416 if (InReg)
1417 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1418 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001419}
1420
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001421void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001422 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001423 if (IsMCUABI)
1424 State.FreeRegs = 3;
1425 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001426 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001427 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1428 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1429 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1430 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001431 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001432 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001433 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001434
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001435 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001436 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001437 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1438 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1439 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1440 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1441 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
Michael Kupersteinf3163dc2015-12-28 14:39:54 +00001442 if (!IsMCUABI)
1443 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001444 }
1445 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001446
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001447 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1448 if (FI.isChainCall())
1449 ++State.FreeRegs;
1450
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001451 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001452 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1453 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1454 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001455 }
1456
1457 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1458 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1459 if (UsedInAlloca)
1460 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1461}
1462
1463void
1464X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001465 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
1466 QualType Type) const {
1467 // Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned.
1468 CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1469
1470 assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct");
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001471 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1472 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001473 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001474
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001475 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.
1476 CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset;
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00001477 StackOffset = FieldEnd.alignTo(FieldAlign);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001478 if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) {
1479 CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001480 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001481 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity());
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001482 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1483 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001484}
1485
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001486static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1487 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1488 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1489 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1490 return true;
1491 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1492 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1493 return true;
1494 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1495 return false;
1496 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1497 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1498 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1499 if (Info.getInReg())
1500 return false;
1501 return true;
1502 }
1503 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1504}
1505
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001506void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1507 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1508
1509 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1510 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1511
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001512 // The stack alignment is always 4.
1513 CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1514
1515 CharUnits StackOffset;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001516 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1517
1518 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1519 bool IsThisCall =
1520 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1521 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1522 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1523 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1524 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1525 ++I;
1526 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001527
1528 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001529 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1530 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1531 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001532 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1533 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001534 }
1535
1536 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001537 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001538 ++I;
1539
1540 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1541 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001542 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1543 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001544 }
1545
1546 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001547 /*isPacked=*/true),
1548 StackAlign);
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001549}
1550
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001551Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1552 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001553
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001554 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001555
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001556 // x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack.
1557 //
1558 // Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass
1559 // anything indirectly.
1560 TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
1561 getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity()));
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001562
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001563 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
1564 TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
1565 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001566}
1567
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001568bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1569 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1570 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1571
1572 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1573 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1574 break;
1575 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1576 return false;
1577 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1578 return true;
1579 }
1580
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +00001581 if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU())
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001582 return true;
1583
1584 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001585 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1586 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1587 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1588 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001589 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001590 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001591 default:
1592 return false;
1593 }
1594}
1595
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001596void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001597 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1598 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001599 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001600 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1601 // Get the LLVM function.
1602 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1603
1604 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001605 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001606 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001607 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1608 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1609 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1610 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001611 }
Alexey Bataevd51e9932016-01-15 04:06:31 +00001612 if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
1613 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1614 Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
1615 }
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001616 }
1617}
1618
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001619bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1620 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1621 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1622 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001623
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001624 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001625
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001626 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1627 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1628 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001629 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001630
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001631 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001632 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1633 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1634 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001635 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001636 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001637
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001638 } else {
1639 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1640 // reason.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001641 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
1642 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9),
1643 CharUnits::One());
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001644
1645 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1646 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1647 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001648 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001649 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1650 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001651
1652 return false;
1653}
1654
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001655//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1656// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1657//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1658
1659
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001660namespace {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001661/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1662enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1663 None,
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001664 AVX,
1665 AVX512
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001666};
1667
1668/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1669static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1670 switch (AVXLevel) {
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001671 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
1672 return 512;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001673 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1674 return 256;
1675 case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1676 return 128;
1677 }
Yaron Kerenb76cb042015-06-23 09:45:42 +00001678 llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel");
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001679}
1680
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001681/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1682class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1683 enum Class {
1684 Integer = 0,
1685 SSE,
1686 SSEUp,
1687 X87,
1688 X87Up,
1689 ComplexX87,
1690 NoClass,
1691 Memory
1692 };
1693
1694 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1695 ///
1696 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1697 /// classification \arg Field.
1698 ///
1699 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1700 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1701 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1702 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001703 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001704
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001705 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1706 ///
1707 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1708 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1709 ///
1710 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1711 /// the classification process.
1712 ///
1713 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1714 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1715 ///
1716 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1717 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1718 ///
1719 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1720
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001721 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1722 /// given type T should be passed.
1723 ///
1724 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1725 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1726 ///
1727 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1728 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1729 ///
1730 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1731 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1732 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1733 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001734 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1735 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1736 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1738 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1739 /// will be Memory.
1740 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001741 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001742 ///
1743 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1744 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001745 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1746 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001747
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001748 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001749 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1750 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1751 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1752 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1753 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1754 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001755
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001756 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001757 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001758 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001759
1760 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001761 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001762 ///
1763 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1764 /// available.
1765 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001766
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001767 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001768
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001769 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001770 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001771 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001772 unsigned &neededSSE,
1773 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001774
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001775 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1776
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001777 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1778 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1779 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1780 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1781 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1782 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001783 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001784 }
1785
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001786 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001787 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1788 // 64-bit hardware.
1789 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001790
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001791public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001792 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1793 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001794 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001795 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001796
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001797 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1798 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001799 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001800 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1801 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001802 if (info.isDirect()) {
1803 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1804 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1805 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1806 }
1807 return false;
1808 }
1809
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001810 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001811
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001812 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1813 QualType Ty) const override;
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00001814 Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1815 QualType Ty) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001816
1817 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1818 return Has64BitPointers;
1819 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001820};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001821
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001822/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001823class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001824public:
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00001825 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1826 : ABIInfo(CGT),
1827 IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {}
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001828
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001829 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001830
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001831 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1832 QualType Ty) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001833
1834 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1835 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1836 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1837 }
1838
1839 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1840 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1841 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1842 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1843 }
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00001844
1845private:
1846 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1847 bool IsReturnType) const;
1848
1849 bool IsMingw64;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001850};
1851
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001852class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1853public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001854 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001855 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001856
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001857 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1858 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1859 }
1860
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001861 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001862 return 7;
1863 }
1864
1865 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001866 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001867 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001868
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001869 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1870 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001871 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001872 return false;
1873 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001874
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001875 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001876 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001877 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001878 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1879 }
1880
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001881 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001882 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001883 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1884 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001885 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001886 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1887 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1888 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001889 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001890 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001891 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1892 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1893 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1894 HasAVXType = true;
1895 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001896 }
1897 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001898
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001899 if (!HasAVXType)
1900 return true;
1901 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001902
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001903 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001904 }
1905
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001906 llvm::Constant *
1907 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001908 unsigned Sig;
1909 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1910 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1911 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1912 ('F' << 16) |
1913 ('T' << 24);
1914 else
1915 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1916 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1917 ('F' << 16) |
1918 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001919 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1920 }
Alexey Bataevd51e9932016-01-15 04:06:31 +00001921
1922 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1923 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1924 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1925 if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
1926 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1927 Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
1928 }
1929 }
1930 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001931};
1932
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001933class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1934public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001935 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1936 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001937
1938 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001939 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001940 Opt = "\01";
Yunzhong Gaod65200c2015-07-20 17:46:56 +00001941 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1942 if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos)
1943 Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\"";
1944 else
1945 Opt += Lib;
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001946 }
1947};
1948
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001949static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001950 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1951 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1952 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1953 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1954 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1955 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001956 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001957 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001958 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001959 return ArgStr;
1960}
1961
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001962class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1963public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001964 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001965 bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
1966 unsigned NumRegisterParameters)
1967 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001968 Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001969
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001970 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001971 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1972
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001973 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001974 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001975 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001976 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001977 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001978
1979 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1980 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001981 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001982 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001983 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001984};
1985
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001986static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1987 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1988 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001989 if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001990 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1991 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1992
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001993 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1994 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001995 }
1996 }
1997}
1998
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001999void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002000 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2001 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00002002 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002003
2004 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
2005}
2006
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002007class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2008public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002009 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2010 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00002011 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002012
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00002013 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002014 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
2015
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002016 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002017 return 7;
2018 }
2019
2020 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002021 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002022 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002023
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002024 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
2025 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002026 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002027 return false;
2028 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00002029
2030 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002031 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00002032 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00002033 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00002034 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00002035
2036 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
2037 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002038 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00002039 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00002040 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002041};
2042
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00002043void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002044 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
2045 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00002046 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002047
Alexey Bataevd51e9932016-01-15 04:06:31 +00002048 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2049 if (FD->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
2050 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
2051 Fn->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::X86_INTR);
2052 }
2053 }
2054
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00002055 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
2056}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00002057}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002058
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002059void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
2060 Class &Hi) const {
2061 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
2062 //
2063 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
2064 // memory.
2065 //
2066 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
2067 // memory.
2068 //
2069 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
2070 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
2071 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
2072 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
2073 //
2074 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
2075 //
2076 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
2077 // only with unions; for example:
2078 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
2079 //
2080 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
2081 //
2082 if (Hi == Memory)
2083 Lo = Memory;
2084 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
2085 Lo = Memory;
2086 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
2087 Lo = Memory;
2088 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
2089 Hi = SSE;
2090}
2091
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002092X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002093 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
2094 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
2095 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
2096 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
2097 //
2098 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
2099 //
2100 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
2101 // the other class.
2102 //
2103 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
2104 // class.
2105 //
2106 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
2107 // INTEGER.
2108 //
2109 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
2110 // MEMORY is used as class.
2111 //
2112 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
2113
2114 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
2115 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
2116 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
2117 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
2118 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
2119 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002120 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002121 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002122 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002123 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002124 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002125 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002126 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
2127 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002128 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002129 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002130}
2131
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00002132void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002133 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002134 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
2135 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
2136 // situations.
2137
2138 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
2139 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
2140 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
2141
2142 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
2143
2144 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
2145 Current = Memory;
2146
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002147 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002148 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
2149
2150 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
2151 Current = NoClass;
2152 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
2153 Lo = Integer;
2154 Hi = Integer;
2155 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
2156 Current = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002157 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002158 Current = SSE;
2159 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002160 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2161 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) {
2162 Lo = SSE;
2163 Hi = SSEUp;
2164 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) {
2165 Lo = X87;
2166 Hi = X87Up;
2167 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) {
2168 Current = SSE;
2169 } else
2170 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002171 }
2172 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
2173 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002174 return;
2175 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002176
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002177 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002178 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002179 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002180 return;
2181 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002182
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002183 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002184 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002185 return;
2186 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002187
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002188 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002189 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
2190 if (Has64BitPointers) {
2191 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
2192 // Lo and Hi now.
2193 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2194 } else {
2195 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
2196 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
2197 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2198 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
2199 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
2200 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2201 } else {
2202 Current = Integer;
2203 }
2204 }
2205 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00002206 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002207 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002208 return;
2209 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002210
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002211 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002212 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002213 if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
2214 // gcc passes the following as integer:
2215 // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
2216 // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
2217 // 1 byte - <1 x char>
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002218 Current = Integer;
2219
2220 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2221 // split.
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002222 uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2223 uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
2224 if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002225 Hi = Lo;
2226 } else if (Size == 64) {
2227 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
2228 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
2229 return;
2230
2231 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00002232 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00002233 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
2234 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
2235 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002236 Current = Integer;
2237 else
2238 Current = SSE;
2239
2240 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2241 // split.
2242 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
2243 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002244 } else if (Size == 128 ||
2245 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002246 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
2247 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
2248 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
2249 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
2250 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
2251 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
2252 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002253 //
2254 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
2255 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
2256 // variadic function.
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00002257 //
2258 // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
2259 // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002260 Lo = SSE;
2261 Hi = SSEUp;
2262 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002263 return;
2264 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002265
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002266 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002267 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002268
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002269 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00002270 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002271 if (Size <= 64)
2272 Current = Integer;
2273 else if (Size <= 128)
2274 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002275 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002276 Current = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002277 } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002278 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002279 } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) {
2280 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2281 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad)
2282 Current = Memory;
2283 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
2284 Current = ComplexX87;
2285 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble)
2286 Lo = Hi = SSE;
2287 else
2288 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
2289 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002290
2291 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
2292 // should be split.
2293 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002294 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002295 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
2296 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002297
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002298 return;
2299 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002300
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002301 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002302 // Arrays are treated like structures.
2303
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002304 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002305
2306 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002307 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2308 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002309 return;
2310
2311 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2312 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2313 //
2314 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002315 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002316 return;
2317
2318 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2319 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2320 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002321 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002322 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00002323
2324 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2325 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2326 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2327 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2328 return;
2329
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002330 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2331 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002332 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002333 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2334 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2335 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2336 break;
2337 }
2338
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002339 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002340 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002341 return;
2342 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002343
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002344 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002345 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002346
2347 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002348 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2349 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002350 return;
2351
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002352 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2353 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2354 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002355 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002356 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002357
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002358 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2359
2360 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2361 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2362 return;
2363
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002364 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002365
2366 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2367 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002368
2369 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2370 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002371 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2372 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002373 "Unexpected base class!");
2374 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002375 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002376
2377 // Classify this field.
2378 //
2379 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2380 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2381 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2382 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002383 uint64_t Offset =
2384 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002385 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002386 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2387 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
David Majnemercefbc7c2015-07-08 05:14:29 +00002388 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
2389 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2390 return;
2391 }
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002392 }
2393 }
2394
2395 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002396 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002397 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002398 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002399 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2400 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2401
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002402 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2403 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002404 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002405 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2406 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2407 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2408 //
2409 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2410 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002411 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002412 return;
2413 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002414 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002415 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002417 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002418 return;
2419 }
2420
2421 // Classify this field.
2422 //
2423 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2424 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2425 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2426 // NO_CLASS.
2427 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2428
2429 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2430 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2431 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2432 if (BitField) {
2433 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2434 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2435 continue;
2436
2437 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002438 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002439
2440 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2441 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002442
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002443 if (EB_Lo) {
2444 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2445 FieldLo = NoClass;
2446 FieldHi = Integer;
2447 } else {
2448 FieldLo = Integer;
2449 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2450 }
2451 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002452 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002453 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2454 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2455 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2456 break;
2457 }
2458
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002459 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002460 }
2461}
2462
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002463ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002464 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2465 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002466 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002467 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2468 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2469 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2470
2471 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2472 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2473 }
2474
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002475 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002476}
2477
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002478bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2479 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2480 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002481 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002482 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2483 return true;
2484 }
2485
2486 return false;
2487}
2488
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002489ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2490 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002491 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2492 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002493 //
2494 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2495 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2496 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2497 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2498 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002499 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002500 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2501 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2502 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2503
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002504 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2505 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002506 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002507
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002508 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002509 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002510
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002511 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2512 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2513 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002514
2515 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2516 // is important for good codegen.
2517 //
2518 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2519 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2520 //
2521 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2522 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2523 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2524 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2525 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2526 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2527 // might be inreg.
2528 //
2529 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2530 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2531 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2532 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2533 //
2534 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2535 // attributes. See PR12193.
2536 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2537 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2538
2539 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2540 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2541 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2542 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2543 Size));
2544 }
2545
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002546 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002547}
2548
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002549/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2550/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002551llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002552 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2553 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2554 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2555 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002556
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002557 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002558 if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) ||
2559 IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID)
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002560 return IRType;
2561
2562 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2563 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2564 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2565
2566 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2567 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2568 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002569}
2570
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002571/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2572/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2573/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2574/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2575/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2576///
2577/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2578static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2579 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2580 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2581 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2582 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2583 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2584 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2585 return true;
2586
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002587 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2588 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2589 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2590
2591 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2592 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2593 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2594 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2595 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002596
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002597 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2598 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2599 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2600 return false;
2601 }
2602 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2603 return true;
2604 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002605
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002606 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2607 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2608 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002609
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002610 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2611 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002612 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2613 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002614 "Unexpected base class!");
2615 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002616 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002617
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002618 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002619 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002620 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002621
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002622 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002623 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002624 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2625 return false;
2626 }
2627 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002628
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002629 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2630 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2631 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2632 // much.
2633 unsigned idx = 0;
2634 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2635 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2636 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002637
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002638 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2639 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2640
2641 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2642 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2643 Context))
2644 return false;
2645 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002646
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002647 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2648 // clean.
2649 return true;
2650 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002651
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002652 return false;
2653}
2654
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002655/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2656/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2657/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2658/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002659static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002660 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002661 // Base case if we find a float.
2662 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2663 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002664
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002665 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002666 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002667 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2668 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2669 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2670 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2671 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002672
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002673 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002674 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2675 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002676 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2677 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2678 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2679 }
2680
2681 return false;
2682}
2683
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002684
2685/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2686/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002687llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2688GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002689 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002690 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002691 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2692 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2693 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2694 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2695 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002696
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002697 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2698 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2699 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002700 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2701 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002702 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002703
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002704 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2705}
2706
2707
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002708/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2709/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2710/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2711/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002712/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2713/// etc).
2714///
2715/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2716/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2717/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2718///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002719/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002720/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2721///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002722llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2723GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002724 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002725 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2726 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2727 if (IROffset == 0) {
2728 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002729 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2730 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002731 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002732
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002733 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2734 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2735 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2736 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2737 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2738 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2739 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002740 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2741 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2742 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2743 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002744
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002745 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2746 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2747 return IRType;
2748 }
2749 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002750
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002751 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002752 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002753 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002754 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2755 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2756 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002757
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002758 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2759 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002760 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002761 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002762
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002763 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002764 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002765 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002766 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002767 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2768 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002769 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002770
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002771 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2772 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002773 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2774 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002775
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002776 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002777
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002778 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2779 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002780 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2781 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002782}
2783
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002784
2785/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2786/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2787/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2788/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2789/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002790static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002791GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002792 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002793 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2794 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2795 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2796 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2797 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2798 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00002799 unsigned HiStart = llvm::alignTo(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002800 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002801
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002802 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2803 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2804 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2805 // struct.
2806 if (HiStart != 8) {
Derek Schuff5ec51282015-06-24 22:36:38 +00002807 // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
2808 // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
2809 // i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
2810 // NaCl).
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002811 // Promote these to a larger type.
2812 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2813 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2814 else {
Derek Schuff3c6a48d2015-06-24 22:36:36 +00002815 assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())
2816 && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002817 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2818 }
2819 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002820
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002821 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002822
2823
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002824 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2825 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2826 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2827 return Result;
2828}
2829
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002830ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002831classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002832 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2833 // classification algorithm.
2834 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002835 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002836
2837 // Check some invariants.
2838 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002839 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2840
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002841 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002842 switch (Lo) {
2843 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002844 if (Hi == NoClass)
2845 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2846 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2847 // null.
2848 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2849 "Unknown missing lo part");
2850 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002851
2852 case SSEUp:
2853 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002854 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002855
2856 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2857 // hidden argument.
2858 case Memory:
2859 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2860
2861 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2862 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2863 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002864 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002865
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002866 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2867 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2868 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2869 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2870 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2871 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002872
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002873 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2874 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2875 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2876 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002877 break;
2878
2879 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2880 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2881 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002882 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002883 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002884
2885 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2886 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2887 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002888 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002889 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002890
2891 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2892 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2893 // %st1.
2894 case ComplexX87:
2895 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002896 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002897 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002898 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002899 break;
2900 }
2901
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002902 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002903 switch (Hi) {
2904 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2905 // never occur as a hi class.
2906 case Memory:
2907 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002908 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002909
2910 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002911 case NoClass:
2912 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002913
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002914 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002915 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002916 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2917 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002918 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002919 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002920 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002921 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2922 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002923 break;
2924
2925 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002926 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2927 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002928 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002929 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002930 case SSEUp:
2931 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002932 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002933 break;
2934
2935 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2936 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2937 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002938 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002939 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002940 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002941 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002942 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002943 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002944 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2945 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002946 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002947 break;
2948 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002949
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002950 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002951 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2952 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002953 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002954 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002955
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002956 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002957}
2958
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002959ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002960 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2961 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002962 const
2963{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002964 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2965
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002966 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002967 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002968
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002969 // Check some invariants.
2970 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2971 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002972 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2973
2974 neededInt = 0;
2975 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002976 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002977 switch (Lo) {
2978 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002979 if (Hi == NoClass)
2980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2981 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2982 // null.
2983 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2984 "Unknown missing lo part");
2985 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002986
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002987 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2988 // on the stack.
2989 case Memory:
2990
2991 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2992 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2993 case X87:
2994 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002995 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002996 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002997 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002998
2999 case SSEUp:
3000 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003001 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003002
3003 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
3004 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
3005 // and %r9 is used.
3006 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00003007 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003008
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00003009 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00003010 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00003011
3012 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
3013 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
3014 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
3015 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3016 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3017 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003018
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00003019 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
3020 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3021 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3022 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003023
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003024 break;
3025
3026 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
3027 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
3028 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00003029 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00003030 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00003031 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003032 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003033 break;
3034 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00003035 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003036
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003037 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003038 switch (Hi) {
3039 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00003040 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003041 // which is passed in memory.
3042 case Memory:
3043 case X87:
3044 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00003045 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003046
3047 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003048
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003049 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003050 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00003051 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00003052 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003053
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003054 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3055 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003056 break;
3057
3058 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
3059 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
3060 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003061 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00003062 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003063
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003064 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3065 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00003066
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003067 ++neededSSE;
3068 break;
3069
3070 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
3071 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003072 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003073 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00003074 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00003075 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003076 break;
3077 }
3078
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003079 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
3080 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
3081 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
3082 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00003083 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00003084
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00003085 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003086}
3087
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003088void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003089
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003090 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3091 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003092
3093 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003094 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003095
3096 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
3097 // integer register.
3098 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3099 --freeIntRegs;
3100
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00003101 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
3102 if (FI.isChainCall())
3103 ++freeIntRegs;
3104
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003105 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003106 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
3107 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003108 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003109 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003110 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3111 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003112
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003113 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003114 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003115 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003116
3117 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
3118 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
3119 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
3120 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003121 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003122 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
3123 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
3124 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003125 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003126 }
3127 }
3128}
3129
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003130static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3131 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) {
3132 Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
3133 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003134 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
3135 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
3136
3137 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
3138 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003139 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
3140 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003141 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3142 if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) {
3143 overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area,
3144 Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003145 }
3146
3147 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003148 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003149 llvm::Value *Res =
3150 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00003151 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003152
3153 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
3154 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
3155 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
3156 // an 8 byte boundary.
3157
3158 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00003159 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003160 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003161 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
3162 "overflow_arg_area.next");
3163 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
3164
3165 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003166 return Address(Res, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003167}
3168
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003169Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3170 QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003171 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
3172 // struct {
3173 // i32 gp_offset;
3174 // i32 fp_offset;
3175 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
3176 // i8* reg_save_area;
3177 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003178 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003179
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003180 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003181 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003182 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003183
3184 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
3185 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
3186 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003187 return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003188
3189 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
3190 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
3191 // the number of floating point registers needed.
3192
3193 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
3194 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
3195 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
3196 //
3197 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
3198 // register save space).
3199
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003200 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003201 Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid();
3202 llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003203 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003204 gp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003205 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(),
3206 "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003207 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003208 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
3209 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003210 }
3211
3212 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003213 fp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003214 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
3215 "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003216 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
3217 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003218 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
3219 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003220 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
3221 }
3222
3223 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3224 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
3225 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3226 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
3227
3228 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
3229
3230 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3231
3232 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
3233 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
3234 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
3235 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
3236 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
3237 //
3238 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
3239 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
3240 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
3241 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003242 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003243 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3244 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)),
3245 "reg_save_area");
3246
3247 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003248 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
3249 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00003250 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003251 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003252 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3253 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003254 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003255 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
3256 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00003257 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003258 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003259 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
3260 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003261 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset);
3262 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00003263 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
3264 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003265
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003266 // Copy the first element.
3267 llvm::Value *V =
3268 CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3269 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
3270 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3271 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3272
3273 // Copy the second element.
3274 V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3275 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
3276 CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
3277 getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1));
3278 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset));
3279
3280 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003281 } else if (neededInt) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003282 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset),
3283 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3284 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003285
3286 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
3287 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003288 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003289 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003290 CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second;
3291
3292 // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the
3293 // register save area.
3294 if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
3295 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3296 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003297 RegAddr = Tmp;
3298 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003299
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003300 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003301 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3302 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3303 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003304 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003305 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
3306 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
3307 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003308 // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable
3309 // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is
3310 // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store
3311 // all the SSE registers to the RSA.
3312 Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3313 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3314 Address RegAddrHi =
3315 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
3316 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003317 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003318 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003319 llvm::Value *V;
3320 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3321 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
3322 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3323 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy));
3324 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3325 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3326 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3327 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy));
3328 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3329 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)));
3330
3331 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003332 }
3333
3334 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3335 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3336 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3337 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003338 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003339 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3340 gp_offset_p);
3341 }
3342 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003343 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003344 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3345 fp_offset_p);
3346 }
3347 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3348
3349 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3350
3351 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003352 Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003353
3354 // Return the appropriate result.
3355
3356 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003357 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock,
3358 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003359 return ResAddr;
3360}
3361
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00003362Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3363 QualType Ty) const {
3364 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3365 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3366 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3367 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
3368}
3369
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003370ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3371 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003372
3373 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3374 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3375
3376 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3377 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3378
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003379 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3380 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003381 CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003382
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003383 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3384 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003385 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003386 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003387 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003388 }
3389
3390 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003391 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003392
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003393 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003394
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003395 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3396 // other targets.
3397 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3398 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3399 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3400 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3401 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3402 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3403 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3404 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3405 }
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003406 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003407 }
3408
3409
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003410 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003411 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3412 // directly.
3413 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3414 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3415 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003416 }
3417
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003418 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003419 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3420 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003421 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003422 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003423
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003424 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003426 }
3427
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003428 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3429 // extended.
3430 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3431 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003432 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3433
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003434 // Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point unit. It
3435 // passes them indirectly through memory.
3436 if (IsMingw64 && BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
3437 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
3438 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
3439 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3440 }
3441
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003442 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3443}
3444
3445void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003446 bool IsVectorCall =
3447 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003448
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003449 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3450 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3451 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3452 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3453
3454 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3455 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003456 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003457 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003458}
3459
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003460Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3461 QualType Ty) const {
3462 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3463 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3464 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3465 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003466}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003467
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003468// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003469namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003470/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3471class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003472bool IsSoftFloatABI;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003473public:
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003474 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI)
3475 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI) {}
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003476
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003477 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3478 QualType Ty) const override;
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003479};
3480
3481class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3482public:
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003483 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool SoftFloatABI)
3484 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, SoftFloatABI)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003485
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003486 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003487 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3488 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3489 }
3490
3491 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003492 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003493};
3494
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003495}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003496
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003497Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList,
3498 QualType Ty) const {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003499 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3500 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3501 (void)CTy;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003502 return Address::invalid();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003503 }
3504
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003505 // struct __va_list_tag {
3506 // unsigned char gpr;
3507 // unsigned char fpr;
3508 // unsigned short reserved;
3509 // void *overflow_arg_area;
3510 // void *reg_save_area;
3511 // };
3512
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003513 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003514 bool isInt =
3515 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003516 bool isF64 = Ty->isFloatingType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003517
3518 // All aggregates are passed indirectly? That doesn't seem consistent
3519 // with the argument-lowering code.
3520 bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003521
3522 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003523
3524 // The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR.
3525 Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid();
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003526 if (isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003527 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr");
3528 } else {
3529 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003530 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003531
3532 llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs");
3533
3534 // "Align" the register count when TY is i64.
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003535 if (isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003536 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1));
3537 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U));
3538 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003539
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003540 llvm::Value *CC =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003541 Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003542
3543 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3544 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3545 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3546
3547 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3548
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003549 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
3550 if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003551
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003552 // Case 1: consume registers.
3553 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
3554 {
3555 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3556
3557 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
3558 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3559 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr),
3560 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3561 assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty);
3562
3563 // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers.
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003564 if (!(isInt || IsSoftFloatABI)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003565 RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr,
3566 CharUnits::fromQuantity(32));
3567 }
3568
3569 // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of
3570 // registers we've used by the number of
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003571 CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity((isInt || IsSoftFloatABI) ? 4 : 8);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003572 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
3573 Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity()));
3574 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty,
3575 RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset),
3576 RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize));
3577 RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy);
3578
3579 // Increase the used-register count.
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00003580 NumRegs =
3581 Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs,
3582 Builder.getInt8((isI64 || (isF64 && IsSoftFloatABI)) ? 2 : 1));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003583 Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr);
3584
3585 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003586 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003587
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003588 // Case 2: consume space in the overflow area.
3589 Address MemAddr = Address::invalid();
3590 {
3591 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003592
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003593 // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4.
3594 CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
3595
3596 CharUnits Size;
3597 if (!isIndirect) {
3598 auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00003599 Size = TypeInfo.first.alignTo(OverflowAreaAlign);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003600 } else {
3601 Size = CGF.getPointerSize();
3602 }
3603
3604 Address OverflowAreaAddr =
3605 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003606 Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"),
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003607 OverflowAreaAlign);
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003608 // Round up address of argument to alignment
3609 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3610 if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) {
3611 llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer();
3612 OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align),
3613 Align);
3614 }
3615
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003616 MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy);
3617
3618 // Increase the overflow area.
3619 OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size);
3620 Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr);
3621 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3622 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003623
3624 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3625
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003626 // Merge the cases with a phi.
3627 Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow,
3628 "vaarg.addr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003629
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003630 // Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly.
3631 if (isIndirect) {
3632 Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"),
3633 getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003634 }
3635
3636 return Result;
3637}
3638
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003639bool
3640PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3641 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3642 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3643 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3644
3645 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003646
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003647 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003648 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3649 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3650 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3651
3652 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003653 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003654
3655 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003656 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003657
3658 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3659 // 64: mq
3660 // 65: lr
3661 // 66: ctr
3662 // 67: ap
3663 // 68-75 cr0-7
3664 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003665 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003666
3667 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003668 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003669
3670 // 109: vrsave
3671 // 110: vscr
3672 // 111: spe_acc
3673 // 112: spefscr
3674 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003675 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003676
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003677 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003678}
3679
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003680// PowerPC-64
3681
3682namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003683/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3684class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003685public:
3686 enum ABIKind {
3687 ELFv1 = 0,
3688 ELFv2
3689 };
3690
3691private:
3692 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3693 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003694 bool HasQPX;
3695
3696 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3697 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3698 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3699 if (!HasQPX)
3700 return false;
3701
3702 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3703 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3704 if (NumElements == 1)
3705 return false;
3706
3707 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3708 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3709 return true;
3710 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3711 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3712 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3713 return true;
3714 }
3715 }
3716
3717 return false;
3718 }
3719
3720 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3721 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3722 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003723
3724public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003725 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3726 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003727
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003728 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003729 CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003730
3731 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3732 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3733
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003734 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3735 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3736 uint64_t Members) const override;
3737
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003738 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3739 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3740 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3741 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3742 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3743 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003744 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003745 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3746 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003747 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003748 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3749 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003750 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003751 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003752 if (T) {
3753 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003754 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3755 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003756 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003757 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003758 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003759 continue;
3760 }
3761 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003762 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003763 }
3764 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003765
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003766 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3767 QualType Ty) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003768};
3769
3770class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003771
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003772public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003773 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003774 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00003775 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003776
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003777 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003778 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3779 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3780 }
3781
3782 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003783 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003784};
3785
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003786class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3787public:
3788 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3789
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003790 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003791 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3792 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3793 }
3794
3795 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003796 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003797};
3798
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003799}
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003800
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003801// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3802// extended to 64 bits.
3803bool
3804PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3805 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3806 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3807 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3808
3809 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3810 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3811 return true;
3812
3813 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3814 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3815 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3816 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3817 case BuiltinType::Int:
3818 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3819 return true;
3820 default:
3821 break;
3822 }
3823
3824 return false;
3825}
3826
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003827/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or
3828/// higher alignment in the parameter area. Always returns at least 8.
3829CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003830 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3831 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3832 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3833
3834 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3835 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003836 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3837 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003838 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003839
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003840 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003841 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003842 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003843 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003844
3845 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3846 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3847 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3848 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3849 if (EltType) {
3850 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003851 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003852 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3853 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3854 AlignAsType = EltType;
3855 }
3856
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003857 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3858 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3859 uint64_t Members = 0;
3860 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3861 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3862 AlignAsType = Base;
3863
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003864 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003865 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3866 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003867 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003868
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003869 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003870 } else if (AlignAsType) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003871 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003872 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003873
3874 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3875 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003876 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3877 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003878 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3879 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003880 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003881
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003882 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003883}
3884
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003885/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3886/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3887/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003888bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3889 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003890 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3891 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3892 if (NElements == 0)
3893 return false;
3894 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3895 return false;
3896 Members *= NElements;
3897 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3898 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3899 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3900 return false;
3901
3902 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003903
3904 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3905 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3906 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3907 // Ignore empty records.
3908 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3909 continue;
3910
3911 uint64_t FldMembers;
3912 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3913 return false;
3914
3915 Members += FldMembers;
3916 }
3917 }
3918
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003919 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3920 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3921 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3922 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3923 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3924 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3925 return false;
3926 FT = AT->getElementType();
3927 }
3928 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3929 continue;
3930
3931 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3932 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3933 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3934 continue;
3935
3936 uint64_t FldMembers;
3937 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3938 return false;
3939
3940 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3941 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3942 }
3943
3944 if (!Base)
3945 return false;
3946
3947 // Ensure there is no padding.
3948 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3949 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3950 return false;
3951 } else {
3952 Members = 1;
3953 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3954 Members = 2;
3955 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3956 }
3957
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003958 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3959 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003960 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003961
3962 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3963 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3964 // treated as being equivalent here.
3965 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3966 if (!Base)
3967 Base = TyPtr;
3968
3969 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3970 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3971 return false;
3972 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003973 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3974}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003975
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003976bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3977 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3978 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3979 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3980 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3981 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3982 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3983 return true;
3984 }
3985 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003986 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003987 return true;
3988 }
3989 return false;
3990}
3991
3992bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3993 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003994 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3995 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003996 uint32_t NumRegs =
3997 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003998
3999 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004000 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004001}
4002
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004003ABIArgInfo
4004PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004005 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4006
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00004007 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
4008 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4009
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004010 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4011 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00004012 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004013 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4014 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004015 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004016 else if (Size < 128) {
4017 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4018 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4019 }
4020 }
4021
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004022 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00004023 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004024 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004025
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004026 uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity();
4027 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004028
4029 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
4030 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4031 uint64_t Members = 0;
4032 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4033 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4034 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4035 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4037 }
4038
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00004039 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
4040 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
4041 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
4042 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
4043 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4044 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
4045 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4046
4047 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
4048 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
4049 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00004050 CoerceTy =
4051 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00004052 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
4053 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
4054 else {
4055 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00004056 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::alignTo(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00004057 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
4058 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
4059 }
4060
4061 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4062 }
4063
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004064 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004065 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
4066 /*ByVal=*/true,
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00004067 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004068 }
4069
4070 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
4071 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4072}
4073
4074ABIArgInfo
4075PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4076 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4077 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4078
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00004079 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4080 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4081
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004082 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4083 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00004084 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004085 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4086 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004087 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004088 else if (Size < 128) {
4089 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4090 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4091 }
4092 }
4093
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004094 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4095 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
4096 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4097 uint64_t Members = 0;
4098 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4099 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4100 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4101 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4102 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4103 }
4104
4105 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
4106 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4107 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
4108 if (Bits == 0)
4109 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4110
4111 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4112 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
4113 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00004114 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004115 } else
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00004116 CoerceTy =
4117 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), llvm::alignTo(Bits, 8));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004118 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4119 }
4120
4121 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004122 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004123 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004124
4125 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
4126 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4127}
4128
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004129// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004130Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4131 QualType Ty) const {
4132 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4133 TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004134
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004135 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004136
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004137 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
4138 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
4139 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
4140 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
4141 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
4142 // and store them to a temporary structure.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004143 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4144 CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2;
4145 if (EltSize < SlotSize) {
4146 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty,
4147 SlotSize * 2, SlotSize,
4148 SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4149
4150 Address RealAddr = Addr;
4151 Address ImagAddr = RealAddr;
4152 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
4153 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr,
4154 SlotSize - EltSize);
4155 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr,
4156 2 * SlotSize - EltSize);
4157 } else {
4158 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize);
4159 }
4160
4161 llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType());
4162 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy);
4163 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy);
4164 llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal");
4165 llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag");
4166
4167 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx");
4168 CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty),
4169 /*init*/ true);
4170 return Temp;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00004171 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004172 }
4173
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004174 // Otherwise, just use the general rule.
4175 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
4176 TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004177}
4178
4179static bool
4180PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4181 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00004182 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
4183 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
4184
4185 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4186
4187 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
4188 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
4189 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
4190 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
4191
4192 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
4193 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
4194
4195 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
4196 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
4197
4198 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
4199 // 64: mq
4200 // 65: lr
4201 // 66: ctr
4202 // 67: ap
4203 // 68-75 cr0-7
4204 // 76: xer
4205 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
4206
4207 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
4208 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
4209
4210 // 109: vrsave
4211 // 110: vscr
4212 // 111: spe_acc
4213 // 112: spefscr
4214 // 113: sfp
4215 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
4216
4217 return false;
4218}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00004219
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004220bool
4221PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
4222 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4223 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4224
4225 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4226}
4227
4228bool
4229PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4230 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4231
4232 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4233}
4234
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004235//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004236// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004237//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4238
4239namespace {
4240
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004241class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004242public:
4243 enum ABIKind {
4244 AAPCS = 0,
4245 DarwinPCS
4246 };
4247
4248private:
4249 ABIKind Kind;
4250
4251public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004252 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004253
4254private:
4255 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4256 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
4257
4258 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004259 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004260 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4261 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4262 uint64_t Members) const override;
4263
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004264 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4265
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00004266 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004267 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4268 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00004269
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004270 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
4271 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004272 }
4273
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004274 Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4275 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004276
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004277 Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4278 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004279
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004280 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4281 QualType Ty) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004282 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
4283 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4284 }
4285};
4286
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004287class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004288public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004289 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4290 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004291
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004292 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004293 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4294 }
4295
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004296 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4297 return 31;
4298 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004299
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004300 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004301};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004302}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004303
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004304ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004305 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4306
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004307 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4308 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4309 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4310 if (Size <= 32) {
4311 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004312 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4313 }
4314 if (Size == 64) {
4315 llvm::Type *ResType =
4316 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4318 }
4319 if (Size == 128) {
4320 llvm::Type *ResType =
4321 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004322 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4323 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004324 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004325 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004326
4327 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4328 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4329 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4330 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4331
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004332 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4333 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4334 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4335 }
4336
4337 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4338 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004339 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004340 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
4341 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004342 }
4343
4344 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4345 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4346 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4347 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4348 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4349
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004350 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4351 }
4352
4353 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004354 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004355 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004356 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004357 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4358 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004359 }
4360
4361 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4362 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4363 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004364 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004365 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004366
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004367 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4368 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004369 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004370 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4371 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4372 }
4373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4374 }
4375
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004376 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004377}
4378
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004379ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004380 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4381 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4382
4383 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4384 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004385 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004386
4387 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4388 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4389 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4390 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4391
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004392 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4393 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4394 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004395 }
4396
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004397 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4398 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4399
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004400 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004401 uint64_t Members = 0;
4402 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004403 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4404 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4405
4406 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4407 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4408 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004409 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004410 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004411
4412 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4413 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4414 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4415 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4416 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4417 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004418 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4419 }
4420
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004421 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004422}
4423
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004424/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4425bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004426 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4427 // Check whether VT is legal.
4428 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4429 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4430 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4431 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4432 return true;
4433 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4434 }
4435 return false;
4436}
4437
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004438bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4439 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4440 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4441 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4442 // including __fp16.
4443 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4444 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4445 return true;
4446 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4447 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4448 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4449 return true;
4450 }
4451 return false;
4452}
4453
4454bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4455 uint64_t Members) const {
4456 return Members <= 4;
4457}
4458
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004459Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr,
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004460 QualType Ty,
4461 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4462 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004463 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4464
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004465 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4466 if (IsIndirect)
4467 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4468 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4469 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4470
4471 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4472 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4473 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4474 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4475 }
4476 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4477
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004478 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4479 // Standard, section B.4:
4480 //
4481 // struct {
4482 // void *__stack;
4483 // void *__gr_top;
4484 // void *__vr_top;
4485 // int __gr_offs;
4486 // int __vr_offs;
4487 // };
4488
4489 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4490 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4491 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4492 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004493
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004494 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4495 CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second;
4496
4497 Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid();
4498 llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004499 int reg_top_index;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004500 CharUnits reg_top_offset;
4501 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity();
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004502 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004503 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004504 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004505 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
4506 "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004507 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4508 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004509 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00004510 RegSize = llvm::alignTo(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004511 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004512 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004513 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004514 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28),
4515 "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004516 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4517 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004518 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004519 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004520 }
4521
4522 //=======================================
4523 // Find out where argument was passed
4524 //=======================================
4525
4526 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4527 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4528 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4529 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004530 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004531 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4532 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4533
4534 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4535
4536 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004537 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004538 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4539
4540 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4541 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4542 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004543 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4544 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004545
4546 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4547 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4548 "align_regoffs");
4549 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4550 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4551 "aligned_regoffs");
4552 }
4553
4554 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004555 // The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that
4556 // allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining
4557 // registers of the appropriate kind.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004558 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004559 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4560 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4561 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4562
4563 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4564 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004565 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004566 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4567 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4568
4569 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4570
4571 //=======================================
4572 // Argument was in registers
4573 //=======================================
4574
4575 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4576 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4577 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4578
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004579 llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr;
4580 Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4581 reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004582 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004583 Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs),
4584 CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8));
4585 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
4586 llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004587
4588 if (IsIndirect) {
4589 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4590 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4591 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4592 }
4593
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004594 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004595 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4596 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004597 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004598 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4599 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4600 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4601 // contiguously.
4602 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004603 auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004604 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4605 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004606 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy,
4607 std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004608
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004609 // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot.
4610 int Offset = 0;
4611 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4612 BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16)
4613 Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity();
4614
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004615 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004616 CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset);
4617 Address LoadAddr =
4618 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4619 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy);
4620
4621 Address StoreAddr =
4622 CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004623
4624 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4625 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4626 }
4627
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004628 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004629 } else {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004630 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory.
4631
4632 // It might be right-aligned in its slot.
4633 CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment();
4634 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect &&
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004635 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004636 TyInfo.first < SlotSize) {
4637 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4638 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004639 }
4640
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004641 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004642 }
4643
4644 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4645
4646 //=======================================
4647 // Argument was on the stack
4648 //=======================================
4649 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4650
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004651 Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0,
4652 CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p");
4653 llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004654
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004655 // Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004656 // floating-point ones might be affected.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004657 if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4658 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004659
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004660 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004661
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004662 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4663 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004664 "align_stack");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004665 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4666 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004667 "align_stack");
4668
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004669 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004670 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004671 Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr,
4672 std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004673
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004674 // All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes.
4675 CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4676 CharUnits StackSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004677 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004678 StackSize = StackSlotSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004679 else
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00004680 StackSize = TyInfo.first.alignTo(StackSlotSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004681
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004682 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004683 llvm::Value *NewStack =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004684 CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004685
4686 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4687 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4688
4689 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004690 TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) {
4691 CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4692 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004693 }
4694
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004695 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004696
4697 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4698
4699 //=======================================
4700 // Tidy up
4701 //=======================================
4702 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4703
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004704 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
4705 OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004706
4707 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004708 return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"),
4709 TyInfo.second);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004710
4711 return ResAddr;
4712}
4713
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004714Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4715 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4716 // The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or
4717 // illegal vector types. Lower VAArg here for these cases and use
4718 // the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004719 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004720 return Address::invalid();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004721
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004722 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004723
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004724 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004725 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004726 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
4727 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4728 return Addr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004729 }
4730
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004731 // The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just
4732 // being a pointer for indirect types.
4733 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4734
4735 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous
4736 // aggregates should be passed indirectly.
4737 bool IsIndirect = false;
4738 if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) {
4739 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4740 uint64_t Members = 0;
4741 IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004742 }
4743
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004744 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
4745 TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004746}
4747
4748//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004749// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004750//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004751
4752namespace {
4753
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004754class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004755public:
4756 enum ABIKind {
4757 APCS = 0,
4758 AAPCS = 1,
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004759 AAPCS_VFP = 2,
4760 AAPCS16_VFP = 3,
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004761 };
4762
4763private:
4764 ABIKind Kind;
4765
4766public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004767 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004768 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004769 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004770
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004771 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004772 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4773 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4774 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004775 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004776 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004777 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004778 return true;
4779 default:
4780 return false;
4781 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004782 }
4783
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004784 bool isEABIHF() const {
4785 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4786 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4787 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4788 return true;
4789 default:
4790 return false;
4791 }
4792 }
4793
Stephen Hines8267e7d2015-12-04 01:39:30 +00004794 bool isAndroid() const {
4795 return (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment() ==
4796 llvm::Triple::Android);
4797 }
4798
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004799 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4800
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004801private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004802 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004803 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004804 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004805
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004806 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4807 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4808 uint64_t Members) const override;
4809
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004810 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004811
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004812 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4813 QualType Ty) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004814
4815 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4816 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004817 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004818};
4819
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004820class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4821public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004822 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4823 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004824
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004825 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4826 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4827 }
4828
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004829 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004830 return 13;
4831 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004832
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004833 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004834 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4835 }
4836
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004837 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004838 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004839 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004840
4841 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004842 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004843 return false;
4844 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004845
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004846 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004847 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4848 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4849 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004850
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004851 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004852 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00004853 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004854 if (!FD)
4855 return;
4856
4857 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4858 if (!Attr)
4859 return;
4860
4861 const char *Kind;
4862 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4863 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4864 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4865 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4866 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4867 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4868 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4869 }
4870
4871 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4872
4873 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4874
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004875 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind();
4876 if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004877 return;
4878
4879 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4880 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4881 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4882 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4883 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4884 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4885 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4886 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4887 B));
4888 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004889};
4890
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004891class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4892 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4893 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4894
4895public:
4896 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4897 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4898
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004899 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004900 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4901};
4902
4903void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4904 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4905 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4906 return;
4907 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4908 return;
4909
4910 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4911 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4912 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4913}
4914
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004915void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004916 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004917 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004918 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4919}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004920}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004921
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004922void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004923 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004924 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4925 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004926
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004927 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4928 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004929
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004930 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4931 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4932 return;
4933
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004934 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4935 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004936 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004937}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004938
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004939/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4940llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4941 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Tim Northoverd88ecb32016-01-27 19:32:40 +00004942 if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchABI())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004943 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4944 else if (isEABI())
4945 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4946 else
4947 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4948}
4949
4950/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4951/// as the C calling convention.
4952llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004953 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004954 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4955 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4956 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004957 case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004958 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004959 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4960}
4961
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004962void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004963 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4964
4965 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4966 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4967 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4968 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4969 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004970
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004971 // AAPCS apparently requires runtime support functions to be soft-float, but
4972 // that's almost certainly for historic reasons (Thumb1 not supporting VFP
4973 // most likely). It's more convenient for AAPCS16_VFP to be hard-float.
4974 switch (getABIKind()) {
4975 case APCS:
4976 case AAPCS16_VFP:
4977 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4978 BuiltinCC = abiCC;
4979 break;
4980 case AAPCS:
4981 case AAPCS_VFP:
4982 BuiltinCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4983 break;
4984 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004985}
4986
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004987ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4988 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004989 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4990 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4991 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4992 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4993 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4994 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4995 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004996 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004997
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004998 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4999
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005000 // Handle illegal vector types here.
5001 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5002 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5003 if (Size <= 32) {
5004 llvm::Type *ResType =
5005 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005006 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005007 }
5008 if (Size == 64) {
5009 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
5010 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005011 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005012 }
5013 if (Size == 128) {
5014 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
5015 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005016 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005017 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005018 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005019 }
5020
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00005021 // __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits
5022 // unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5023 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5024 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5025 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5026 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5027 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5028 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5029 }
5030
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00005031 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005032 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005033 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005034 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005035 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005036
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005037 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5038 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005039 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005040
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005041 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005042 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005043 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00005044
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00005045 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005046 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00005047 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5048
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005049 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00005050 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
5051 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005052 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00005053 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005054 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005055 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00005056 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005057 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005058 }
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005059 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
5060 // WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use
5061 // this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs
5062 // if needed.
5063 const Type *Base = nullptr;
5064 uint64_t Members = 0;
5065 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5066 assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate");
5067 llvm::Type *Ty =
5068 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members);
5069 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false);
5070 }
5071 }
5072
5073 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5074 getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) {
5075 // WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're
5076 // bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller,
5077 // and a pointer is passed.
5078 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(
5079 CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00005080 }
5081
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00005082 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00005083 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
5084 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
5085 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00005086 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
5087 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5088 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00005089 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00005090 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00005091
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00005092 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005093 assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005094 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
5095 /*ByVal=*/true,
5096 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00005097 }
5098
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00005099 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00005100 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005101 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00005102 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
5103 // we can.
5104 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00005105 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5106 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00005107 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00005108 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
5109 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00005110 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00005111
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005112 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005113}
5114
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005115static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005116 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
5117 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
5118 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
5119 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
5120
5121 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
5122
5123 // Check that the type fits in a word.
5124 if (Size > 32)
5125 return false;
5126
5127 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
5128 if (Ty->isVectorType())
5129 return false;
5130
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00005131 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
5132 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
5133 return false;
5134
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005135 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005136 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005137 return true;
5138
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00005139 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
5140 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
5141 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005142
5143 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
5144 // above, but they are not.
5145
5146 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
5147 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5148 if (!RT) return false;
5149
5150 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
5151 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5152 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5153 return false;
5154
5155 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
5156 // like".
5157 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5158
5159 bool HadField = false;
5160 unsigned idx = 0;
5161 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5162 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005163 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005164
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005165 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
5166 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
5167 // struct { int : 0; int x }
5168 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
5169 if (FD->isBitField()) {
5170 if (!RD->isUnion())
5171 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005172
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005173 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5174 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005175
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005176 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005177 }
5178
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005179 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
5180 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
5181 return false;
5182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005183 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5184 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00005185
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005186 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
5187 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
5188 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005189 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
5190 if (HadField)
5191 return false;
5192
5193 HadField = true;
5194 }
5195 }
5196
5197 return true;
5198}
5199
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005200ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
5201 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005202 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP =
5203 (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP || getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005204
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005205 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005206 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005207
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005208 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005209 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005210 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005211 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005212
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00005213 // __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16
5214 // bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5215 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5216 if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5217 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5218 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5219 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5220 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5221 }
5222
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00005223 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005224 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5225 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5226 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5227
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005228 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5229 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005230 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005231
5232 // Are we following APCS?
5233 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005234 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005235 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5236
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005237 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
5238 //
5239 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
5240 // correctly.
5241 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005242 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
5243 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005244
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005245 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005246 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005247 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005248 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005249 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005250 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005251 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005252 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5253 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005254 }
5255
5256 // Otherwise return in memory.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005257 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005258 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005259
5260 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
5261
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005262 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005263 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5264
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005265 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005266 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005267 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005268 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005269 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005270 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005271 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005272 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005273 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005274 }
5275
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005276 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5277 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005278 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005279 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005280 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
5281 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005282 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005283
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005284 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5285 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005286 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005287 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005288 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005290 } else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) {
5291 llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5292 llvm::Type *CoerceTy =
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00005293 llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::alignTo(Size, 32) / 32);
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005294 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005295 }
5296
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005297 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005298}
5299
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005300/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
5301bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Stephen Hines8267e7d2015-12-04 01:39:30 +00005302 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) {
5303 if (isAndroid()) {
5304 // Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different
5305 // vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types
5306 // were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path
5307 // accepts that legacy behavior for Android only.
5308 // Check whether VT is legal.
5309 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5310 // NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3.
5311 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3)
5312 return true;
5313 } else {
5314 // Check whether VT is legal.
5315 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5316 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5317 // NumElements should be power of 2.
5318 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements))
5319 return true;
5320 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
5321 return Size <= 32;
5322 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005323 }
5324 return false;
5325}
5326
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005327bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
5328 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
5329 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
5330 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
5331 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
5332 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
5333 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
5334 return true;
5335 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5336 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5337 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5338 return true;
5339 }
5340 return false;
5341}
5342
5343bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5344 uint64_t Members) const {
5345 return Members <= 4;
5346}
5347
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005348Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5349 QualType Ty) const {
5350 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005351
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005352 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005353 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005354 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
5355 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5356 return Addr;
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005357 }
5358
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005359 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
5360 CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005361
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005362 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5363 bool IsIndirect = false;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005364 const Type *Base = nullptr;
5365 uint64_t Members = 0;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005366 if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5367 IsIndirect = true;
5368
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005369 // ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space
5370 // allocated by the caller.
5371 } else if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) &&
5372 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5373 !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5374 IsIndirect = true;
5375
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005376 // Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment.
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005377 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5378 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005379 // Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address.
5380 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5381 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
5382 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5383 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
Tim Northover4c5cb9c2015-11-02 19:32:23 +00005384 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
5385 // ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes.
5386 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5387 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005388 } else {
5389 TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005390 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005391 TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005392
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005393 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo,
5394 SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005395}
5396
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005397//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005398// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005399//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5400
5401namespace {
5402
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005403class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005404public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005405 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005406
5407 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5408 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5409
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005410 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005411 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5412 QualType Ty) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005413};
5414
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005415class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005416public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005417 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5418 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005419
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005420 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005421 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005422private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005423 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5424 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5425 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005426};
5427
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005428ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005429 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5430 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005431
5432 // note: this is different from default ABI
5433 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5434 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5435
5436 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5437 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5438 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5439
5440 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5441 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005442}
5443
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005444ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005445 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5446 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5447 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005448
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005449 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5450 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005451 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005452
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005453 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5454 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005455}
5456
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005457void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005458 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5459 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005460 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5461 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005462
5463 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5464 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5465 return;
5466
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005467 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5468}
5469
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005470Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5471 QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005472 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005473}
5474
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005475void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005476setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005477 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005478 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005479 if (!FD) return;
5480
5481 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5482
5483 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005484 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005485 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005486 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005487 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005488 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005489 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5490 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005491 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005492 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005493 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005494 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005495
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005496 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005497 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005498 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005499 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5500 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005501 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5502 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5503 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5504 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005505 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005506 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005507 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5508 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5509 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5510 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5511
5512 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5513 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5514 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5515 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5516 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5517 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5518 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5519 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5520 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005521 }
5522 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005523 }
5524}
5525
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005526void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5527 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005528 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5529 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5530
5531 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5532 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5533
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005534 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5535 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5536 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5537 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005538 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5539 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5540}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005541}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005542
5543//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005544// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5545//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5546
5547namespace {
5548
5549class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005550 bool HasVector;
5551
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005552public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005553 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5554 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005555
5556 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5557 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005558 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005559 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005560 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005561
5562 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5563 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5564
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005565 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005566 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5567 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005568 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5569 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005570 }
5571
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005572 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5573 QualType Ty) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005574};
5575
5576class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5577public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005578 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5579 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005580};
5581
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005582}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005583
5584bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5585 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5586 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5587 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5588
5589 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5590 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5591 return true;
5592
5593 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5594 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5595 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5596 case BuiltinType::Int:
5597 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5598 return true;
5599 default:
5600 return false;
5601 }
5602 return false;
5603}
5604
5605bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005606 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5607 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5608 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005609}
5610
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005611bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5612 return (HasVector &&
5613 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5614 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5615}
5616
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005617bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5618 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5619 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5620 case BuiltinType::Float:
5621 case BuiltinType::Double:
5622 return true;
5623 default:
5624 return false;
5625 }
5626
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005627 return false;
5628}
5629
5630QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005631 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5632 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005633 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005634
5635 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5636 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005637 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5638 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005639
5640 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5641 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5642 continue;
5643
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005644 if (!Found.isNull())
5645 return Ty;
5646 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005647 }
5648
5649 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005650 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005651 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005652 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5653 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005654 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5655 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5656 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005657
5658 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005659 // Nested structures still do though.
5660 if (!Found.isNull())
5661 return Ty;
5662 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005663 }
5664
5665 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5666 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005667 if (!Found.isNull())
5668 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005669 }
5670
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005671 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005672}
5673
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005674Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5675 QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005676 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5677 // struct {
5678 // i64 __gpr;
5679 // i64 __fpr;
5680 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5681 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5682 // };
5683
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005684 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5685 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5686 // always passed on the stack.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005687 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5688 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005689 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005690 llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005691 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005692 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005693 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005694 bool IsVector = false;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005695 CharUnits UnpaddedSize;
5696 CharUnits DirectAlign;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005697 if (IsIndirect) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005698 DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy);
5699 UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005700 } else {
5701 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5702 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5703 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005704 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005705 UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first;
5706 DirectAlign = TyInfo.second;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005707 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005708 CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5709 if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize)
5710 PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
5711 assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005712
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005713 CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005714
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005715 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005716 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV =
5717 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005718
5719 if (IsVector) {
5720 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5721 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5722 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005723 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5724 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16),
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005725 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005726 Address OverflowArgArea =
5727 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5728 TyInfo.second);
5729 Address MemAddr =
5730 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005731
5732 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5733 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005734 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5735 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005736 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5737
5738 return MemAddr;
5739 }
5740
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005741 assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8);
5742
5743 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex;
5744 CharUnits RegPadding;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005745 if (InFPRs) {
5746 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5747 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5748 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005749 RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005750 } else {
5751 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5752 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5753 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5754 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5755 }
5756
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005757 Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5758 VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
5759 "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005760 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005761 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5762 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005763 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005764
5765 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5766 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5767 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5768 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5769
5770 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5771 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5772
5773 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005774 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5775 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5776 llvm::Value *RegBase =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005777 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity()
5778 + RegPadding.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005779 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5780 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005781 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
5782 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
5783 "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005784 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5785 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005786 Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset,
5787 "raw_reg_addr"),
5788 PaddedSize);
5789 Address RegAddr =
5790 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005791
5792 // Update the register count
5793 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5794 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5795 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5796 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5797 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5798
5799 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5800 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5801
5802 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005803 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5804 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5805 Address OverflowArgArea =
5806 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5807 PaddedSize);
5808 Address RawMemAddr =
5809 CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr");
5810 Address MemAddr =
5811 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005812
5813 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5814 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005815 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5816 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005817 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5818 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5819
5820 // Return the appropriate result.
5821 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005822 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
5823 MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005824
5825 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005826 ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"),
5827 TyInfo.second);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005828
5829 return ResAddr;
5830}
5831
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005832ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5833 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5834 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005835 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5836 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005837 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005838 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005839 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5840 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5841}
5842
5843ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5844 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005845 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005846 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005847
5848 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5849 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5850 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5851
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005852 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5853 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5854 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005855 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005856 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5857 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5858 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5859 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5860
5861 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005862 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005863 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005864
5865 // Handle small structures.
5866 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5867 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5868 // fail the size test above.
5869 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5870 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005871 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005872
5873 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5874 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005875 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005876 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5877 if (Size == 32)
5878 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5879 else
5880 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5881 } else
5882 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5883 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5884 }
5885
5886 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5887 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005888 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005889
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005890 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005891}
5892
5893//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005894// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005895//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005896
5897namespace {
5898
5899class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5900public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005901 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5902 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005903 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005904 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005905};
5906
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005907}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005908
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005909void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005910 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5911 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005912 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005913 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5914 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5915 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5916
5917 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5918 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5919
5920 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005921 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005922
5923 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005924 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005925 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5926 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005927 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005928 }
5929}
5930
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005931//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005932// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5933// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005934//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5935
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005936namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005937class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005938 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005939 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5940 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005941 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005942 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005943 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005944 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005945public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005946 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005947 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005948 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005949
5950 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005951 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005952 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005953 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5954 QualType Ty) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005955 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005956};
5957
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005958class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005959 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005960public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005961 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5962 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005963 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005964
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005965 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005966 return 29;
5967 }
5968
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005969 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005970 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005971 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005972 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005973 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005974 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5975 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5976 }
5977 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5978 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5979 }
Daniel Sandersbd3f47f2015-11-27 18:03:44 +00005980
5981 const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>();
5982 if (!Attr)
5983 return;
5984
5985 const char *Kind;
5986 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
Daniel Sandersbd3f47f2015-11-27 18:03:44 +00005987 case MipsInterruptAttr::eic: Kind = "eic"; break;
5988 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0: Kind = "sw0"; break;
5989 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1: Kind = "sw1"; break;
5990 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0: Kind = "hw0"; break;
5991 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1: Kind = "hw1"; break;
5992 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2: Kind = "hw2"; break;
5993 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3: Kind = "hw3"; break;
5994 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4: Kind = "hw4"; break;
5995 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5: Kind = "hw5"; break;
5996 }
5997
5998 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
5999
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00006000 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00006001
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006002 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006003 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00006004
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006005 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00006006 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00006007 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006008};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006009}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006010
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006011void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
6012 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006013 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
6014 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006015
6016 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
6017 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
6018 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
6019
6020 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
6021 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
6022
6023 if (R)
6024 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006025}
6026
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006027// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
6028// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006029llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006030 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
6031
6032 if (IsO32) {
6033 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
6034 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6035 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006036
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00006037 if (Ty->isComplexType())
6038 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00006039
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00006040 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006041
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006042 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
6043 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
6044 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
6045 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6046 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006047
6048 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
6049 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006050 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006051
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006052 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
6053 unsigned idx = 0;
6054 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
6055
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00006056 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
6057 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006058 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
6059 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00006060 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006061 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6062
6063 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
6064 continue;
6065
6066 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
6067 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
6068 continue;
6069
6070 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
6071 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
6072 ArgList.push_back(I64);
6073
6074 // Add double type.
6075 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
6076 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
6077 }
6078
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006079 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
6080 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006081
6082 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6083}
6084
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006085llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
6086 uint64_t Offset) const {
6087 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00006088 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006089
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006090 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006091}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00006092
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006093ABIArgInfo
6094MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00006095 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
6096
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006097 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006098 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006099 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006100
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006101 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
6102 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00006103 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::alignTo(Offset, Align);
6104 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::alignTo(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006105
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006106 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006107 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006108 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006109 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6110
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006111 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006112 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006113 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006114 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00006115
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006116 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
6117 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
6118 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00006119 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6120 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
6121 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
6122 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6123 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006124 }
6125
6126 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6127 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6128 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6129
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00006130 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
6131 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006132 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6133
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006134 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00006135 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006136}
6137
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006138llvm::Type*
6139MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006140 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006141 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006142
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006143 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006144 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006145 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
6146 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006147
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006148 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
6149 // following conditions are met:
6150 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
6151 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
6152 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006153 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006154 //
6155 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
6156 //
6157 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
6158 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
6159 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00006160 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006161
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006162 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
6163 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006164
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00006165 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006166 }
6167
6168 if (b == e)
6169 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
6170 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
6171
6172 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006173 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006174 }
6175
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006176 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006177 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
6178}
6179
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006180ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00006181 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6182
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00006183 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6184 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6185
6186 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
6187 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
6188 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006189 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6190
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00006191 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006192 if (Size <= 128) {
6193 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
6194 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6195
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006196 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00006197 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006198 if (!IsO32 ||
6199 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
6200 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6201 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
6202 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6203 return ArgInfo;
6204 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006205 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006206
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006207 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006208 }
6209
6210 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6211 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6212 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6213
6214 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6215 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6216}
6217
6218void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006219 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006220 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6221 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006222
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006223 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006224 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006225
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006226 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6227 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006228}
6229
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006230Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6231 QualType OrigTy) const {
6232 QualType Ty = OrigTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006233
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006234 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
6235 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006236 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006237 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006238 bool DidPromote = false;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006239 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006240 getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006241 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006242 DidPromote = true;
6243 Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
6244 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006245 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006246
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006247 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006248
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006249 // The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than
6250 // StackAlignInBytes.
6251 TyInfo.second =
6252 std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes));
6253
6254 // MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack.
6255 CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
6256
6257 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6258 TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6259
6260
6261 // If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary.
6262 // TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot?
6263 if (DidPromote) {
6264 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp");
6265 llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr);
6266
6267 // Truncate down to the right width.
6268 llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType()
6269 : CGF.IntPtrTy);
6270 llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy);
6271 if (OrigTy->isPointerType())
6272 V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType());
6273
6274 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp);
6275 Addr = Temp;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006276 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006277
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006278 return Addr;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006279}
6280
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006281bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
6282 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006283
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006284 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
6285 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
6286 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006287
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006288 return false;
6289}
6290
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006291bool
6292MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6293 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6294 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
6295 // as canonical as it gets.
6296
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006297 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
6298 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006299 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006300
6301 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
6302 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
6303 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
6304 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006305 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006306
6307 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
6308 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
6309
6310 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
6311 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
6312 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
6313 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
6314 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006315 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006316 return false;
6317}
6318
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6320// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006321// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006322// handling.
6323//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6324
6325namespace {
6326
6327class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
6328public:
6329 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6330 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
6331
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006332 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006333 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006334};
6335
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006336void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006337 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006338 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006339 if (!FD) return;
6340
6341 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006342
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006343 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006344 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6345 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00006346 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00006347 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
6348 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006349 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
6350 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006351 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
6352 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
6353 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006354
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006355 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
6356 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006357
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006358 Operands.push_back(
6359 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6360 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
6361 Operands.push_back(
6362 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6363 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
6364 Operands.push_back(
6365 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6366 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006367
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006368 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
6369 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
6370 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006371 Operands.push_back(
6372 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006373 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
6374 }
6375 }
6376 }
6377}
6378
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006379}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006380
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006381//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6382// Hexagon ABI Implementation
6383//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6384
6385namespace {
6386
6387class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6388
6389
6390public:
6391 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6392
6393private:
6394
6395 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6396 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6397
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006398 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006399
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006400 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6401 QualType Ty) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006402};
6403
6404class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6405public:
6406 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6407 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6408
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006409 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006410 return 29;
6411 }
6412};
6413
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006414}
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006415
6416void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006417 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6418 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006419 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6420 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006421}
6422
6423ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6424 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6425 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6426 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6427 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6428
6429 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6430 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6431 }
6432
6433 // Ignore empty records.
6434 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6435 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6436
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006437 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006438 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006439
6440 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6441 if (Size > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006442 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006443 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6444 else if (Size > 32)
6445 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6446 else if (Size > 16)
6447 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6448 else if (Size > 8)
6449 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6450 else
6451 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6452}
6453
6454ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6455 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6456 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6457
6458 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6459 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006460 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006461
6462 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6463 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6464 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6465 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6466
6467 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6468 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6469 }
6470
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006471 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6472 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6473
6474 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6475 // are returned indirectly.
6476 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6477 if (Size <= 64) {
6478 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6479 if (Size <= 8)
6480 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6481 if (Size <= 16)
6482 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6483 if (Size <= 32)
6484 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6485 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6486 }
6487
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006488 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006489}
6490
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006491Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6492 QualType Ty) const {
6493 // FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly.
6494 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6495 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
6496 CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
6497 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006498}
6499
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006500//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6501// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6502//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6503
6504namespace {
6505
6506class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6507public:
6508 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6509 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006510 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006511 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6512};
6513
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006514}
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006515
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006516void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006517 const Decl *D,
6518 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6519 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006520 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006521 if (!FD)
6522 return;
6523
6524 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6525 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6526 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6527 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6528 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6529 }
6530
6531 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6532 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6533 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6534 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6535 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6536 }
6537}
6538
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006539
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006540//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6541// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6542// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6543//
6544// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6545// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6546// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6547//
6548// One case requires special care:
6549//
6550// struct mixed {
6551// int i;
6552// float f;
6553// };
6554//
6555// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6556// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6557// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6558// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6559//
6560// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6561//
6562// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6563// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6564// bytes.
6565//
6566namespace {
6567class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6568public:
6569 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6570
6571private:
6572 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006573 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006574 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6575 QualType Ty) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006576
6577 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6578 // serves two purposes:
6579 //
6580 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6581 // in registers.
6582 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6583 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6584 //
6585 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6586 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6587 //
6588 struct CoerceBuilder {
6589 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6590 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6591 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6592 uint64_t Size;
6593 bool InReg;
6594
6595 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6596 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6597
6598 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6599 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6600 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6601 if (ToSize == Size)
6602 return;
6603
6604 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00006605 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::alignTo(Size, 64);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006606 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6607 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6608 Size = Aligned;
6609 }
6610
6611 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6612 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6613 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6614 Size += 64;
6615 }
6616
6617 // Final in-word padding.
6618 if (Size < ToSize) {
6619 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6620 Size = ToSize;
6621 }
6622 }
6623
6624 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6625 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6626 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6627 if (Offset % Bits)
6628 return;
6629 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6630 if (Bits < 64)
6631 InReg = true;
6632 pad(Offset);
6633 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6634 Size = Offset + Bits;
6635 }
6636
6637 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6638 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6639 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6640 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6641 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6642 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6643 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6644 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6645 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6646 break;
6647 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6648 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6649 break;
6650 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6651 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6652 break;
6653 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6654 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6655 break;
6656 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6657 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6658 pad(ElemOffset);
6659 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6660 Size += 64;
6661 }
6662 break;
6663 default:
6664 break;
6665 }
6666 }
6667 }
6668
6669 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6670 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006671 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006672 }
6673
6674 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6675 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6676 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6677 return Elems.front();
6678 else
6679 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6680 }
6681 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006682};
6683} // end anonymous namespace
6684
6685ABIArgInfo
6686SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6687 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6688 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6689
6690 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6691
6692 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6693 // pointer / sret pointer.
6694 if (Size > SizeLimit)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006695 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006696
6697 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6698 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6699 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6700
6701 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6702 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6703 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6704
6705 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6706 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6707 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6708
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006709 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6710 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6711 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006712 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006713
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006714 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006715 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6716 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6717 if (!StrTy)
6718 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6719
6720 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6721 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00006722 CB.pad(llvm::alignTo(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006723
6724 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6725 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6726
6727 if (CB.InReg)
6728 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6729 else
6730 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006731}
6732
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006733Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6734 QualType Ty) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006735 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6736 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6737 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6738 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6739
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006740 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006741
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006742 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6743 Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
6744 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6745
6746 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
6747
6748 Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid();
6749 CharUnits Stride;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006750 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6751 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006752 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006753 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6754
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006755 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: {
6756 Stride = SlotSize;
6757 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first;
6758 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend");
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006759 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006760 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006761
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006762 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: {
6763 auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00006764 Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).alignTo(SlotSize);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006765 ArgAddr = Addr;
6766 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006767 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006768
6769 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006770 Stride = SlotSize;
6771 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect");
6772 ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"),
6773 TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006774 break;
6775
6776 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006777 return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006778 }
6779
6780 // Update VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006781 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
6782 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next");
6783 Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006784
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006785 return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006786}
6787
6788void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6789 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006790 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6791 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006792}
6793
6794namespace {
6795class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6796public:
6797 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6798 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006799
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006800 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006801 return 14;
6802 }
6803
6804 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006805 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006806};
6807} // end anonymous namespace
6808
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006809bool
6810SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6811 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6812 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6813 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6814
6815 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6816
6817 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6818 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6819 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6820
6821 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6822 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6823
6824 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6825 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6826
6827 // Y = 64
6828 // PSR = 65
6829 // WIM = 66
6830 // TBR = 67
6831 // PC = 68
6832 // NPC = 69
6833 // FSR = 70
6834 // CSR = 71
6835 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006836
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006837 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6838 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6839
6840 return false;
6841}
6842
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006843
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006844//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006845// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006846//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006847
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006848namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006849
6850/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6851/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6852typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6853
6854/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6855///
6856/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6857/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6858/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6859///
6860/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6861/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6862/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6863/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6864/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6865/// Recursive type encoding.
6866///
6867/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6868/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6869/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6870/// the type is encountered.
6871///
6872/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6873/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6874/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6875/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6876/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6877///
6878/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6879/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6880/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6881/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6882/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6883///
6884/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6885///
6886/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6887/// cached encoding is used;
6888///
6889/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6890/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6891///
6892/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6893/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6894///
6895/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6896/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6897/// it is swapped back in;
6898///
6899/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6900/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6901/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6902///
6903/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6904/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6905/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6906/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6907///
6908class TypeStringCache {
6909 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6910 struct Entry {
6911 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6912 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6913 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6914 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6915 };
6916 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6917 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6918 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6919public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006920 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006921 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6922 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6923 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6924 bool IsRecursive);
6925 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6926};
6927
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006928/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006929/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6930class FieldEncoding {
6931 bool HasName;
6932 std::string Enc;
6933public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006934 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
6935 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006936 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6937 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6938 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6939 }
6940};
6941
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006942class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6943public:
6944 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006945 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6946 QualType Ty) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006947};
6948
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006949class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006950 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006951public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006952 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006953 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006954 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6955 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006956};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006957
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006958} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006959
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006960Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6961 QualType Ty) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006962 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006963
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006964 // Get the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006965 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
6966 Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006967
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006968 // Handle the argument.
6969 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006970 CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006971 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6972 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6973 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006974 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006975
6976 Address Val = Address::invalid();
6977 CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006978 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006979 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006980 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006981 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6982 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006983 Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign);
6984 ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006985 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006986 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6987 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006988 Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6989 ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
6990 getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()));
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00006991 ArgSize = ArgSize.alignTo(SlotSize);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006992 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006993 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006994 Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6995 Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign);
6996 ArgSize = SlotSize;
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006997 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006998 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006999
7000 // Increment the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00007001 if (!ArgSize.isZero()) {
7002 llvm::Value *APN =
7003 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize);
7004 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00007005 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00007006
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00007007 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00007008}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007009
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007010/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
7011/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
7012/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
7013/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
7014/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
7015void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
7016 std::string StubEnc) {
7017 if (!ID)
7018 return;
7019 Entry &E = Map[ID];
7020 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
7021 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
7022 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
7023 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
7024 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
7025 E.State = Incomplete;
7026 ++IncompleteCount;
7027}
7028
7029/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
7030/// must be removed from the cache.
7031/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
7032/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
7033bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7034 if (!ID)
7035 return false;
7036 auto I = Map.find(ID);
7037 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
7038 Entry &E = I->second;
7039 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
7040 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
7041 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
7042 bool IsRecursive = false;
7043 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
7044 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
7045 IsRecursive = true;
7046 --IncompleteUsedCount;
7047 }
7048 if (E.Swapped.empty())
7049 Map.erase(I);
7050 else {
7051 // Swap the Recursive back.
7052 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
7053 E.Swapped.clear();
7054 E.State = Recursive;
7055 }
7056 --IncompleteCount;
7057 return IsRecursive;
7058}
7059
7060/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
7061/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
7062void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
7063 bool IsRecursive) {
7064 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
7065 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
7066 Entry &E = Map[ID];
7067 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
7068 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
7069 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
7070 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
7071 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
7072 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
7073 return;
7074 }
7075 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
7076 E.Str = Str.str();
7077 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
7078}
7079
7080/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
7081/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
7082/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
7083StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7084 if (!ID)
7085 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
7086 auto I = Map.find(ID);
7087 if (I == Map.end())
7088 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
7089 Entry &E = I->second;
7090 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
7091 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
7092
7093 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
7094 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
7095 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
7096 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
7097 }
7098 return E.Str.c_str();
7099}
7100
7101/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
7102/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
7103/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
7104/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
7105/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
7106/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
7107///
7108/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
7109/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007110/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007111/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
7112///
7113static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7114 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
7115
7116/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
7117void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
7118 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
7119 SmallStringEnc Enc;
7120 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
7121 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00007122 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
7123 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007124 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
7125 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
7126 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
7127 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
7128 }
7129}
7130
7131static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7132 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7133 TypeStringCache &TSC);
7134
7135/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007136/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
7137/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007138static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
7139 const RecordDecl *RD,
7140 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7141 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007142 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007143 SmallStringEnc Enc;
7144 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007145 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007146 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007147 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007148 Enc += "b(";
7149 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007150 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007151 Enc += ':';
7152 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007153 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007154 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007155 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007156 Enc += ')';
7157 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00007158 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007159 }
7160 return true;
7161}
7162
7163/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
7164/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
7165/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
7166static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
7167 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7168 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7169 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7170 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7171 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7172 Enc += TypeString;
7173 return true;
7174 }
7175
7176 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
7177 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7178 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
7179 Enc += '(';
7180 if (ID)
7181 Enc += ID->getName();
7182 Enc += "){";
7183
7184 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
7185 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007186 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
7187 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
7188 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
7189 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
7190 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007191 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007192 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
7193 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
7194 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
7195 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
7196 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7197 return false;
7198 }
7199 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7200 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
7201 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
7202 if (RT->isUnionType())
7203 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007204 // We can now complete the TypeString.
7205 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007206 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7207 if (I)
7208 Enc += ',';
7209 Enc += FE[I].str();
7210 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007211 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007212 Enc += '}';
7213 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
7214 return true;
7215}
7216
7217/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
7218static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
7219 TypeStringCache &TSC,
7220 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7221 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7222 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7223 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7224 Enc += TypeString;
7225 return true;
7226 }
7227
7228 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7229 Enc += "e(";
7230 if (ID)
7231 Enc += ID->getName();
7232 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007233
7234 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007235 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007236 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
7237 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
7238 ++I) {
7239 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
7240 EnumEnc += "m(";
7241 EnumEnc += I->getName();
7242 EnumEnc += "){";
7243 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
7244 EnumEnc += '}';
7245 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
7246 }
7247 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
7248 unsigned E = FE.size();
7249 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7250 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007251 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007252 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007253 }
7254 }
7255 Enc += '}';
7256 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
7257 return true;
7258}
7259
7260/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
7261/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
7262static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
7263 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
Craig Topper273dbc62015-10-18 05:29:26 +00007264 static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007265 int Lookup = 0;
7266 if (QT.isConstQualified())
7267 Lookup += 1<<0;
7268 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
7269 Lookup += 1<<1;
7270 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
7271 Lookup += 1<<2;
7272 Enc += Table[Lookup];
7273}
7274
7275/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
7276static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
7277 const char *EncType;
7278 switch (BT->getKind()) {
7279 case BuiltinType::Void:
7280 EncType = "0";
7281 break;
7282 case BuiltinType::Bool:
7283 EncType = "b";
7284 break;
7285 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
7286 EncType = "uc";
7287 break;
7288 case BuiltinType::UChar:
7289 EncType = "uc";
7290 break;
7291 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7292 EncType = "sc";
7293 break;
7294 case BuiltinType::UShort:
7295 EncType = "us";
7296 break;
7297 case BuiltinType::Short:
7298 EncType = "ss";
7299 break;
7300 case BuiltinType::UInt:
7301 EncType = "ui";
7302 break;
7303 case BuiltinType::Int:
7304 EncType = "si";
7305 break;
7306 case BuiltinType::ULong:
7307 EncType = "ul";
7308 break;
7309 case BuiltinType::Long:
7310 EncType = "sl";
7311 break;
7312 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
7313 EncType = "ull";
7314 break;
7315 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7316 EncType = "sll";
7317 break;
7318 case BuiltinType::Float:
7319 EncType = "ft";
7320 break;
7321 case BuiltinType::Double:
7322 EncType = "d";
7323 break;
7324 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
7325 EncType = "ld";
7326 break;
7327 default:
7328 return false;
7329 }
7330 Enc += EncType;
7331 return true;
7332}
7333
7334/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
7335static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
7336 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7337 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7338 Enc += "p(";
7339 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
7340 return false;
7341 Enc += ')';
7342 return true;
7343}
7344
7345/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007346static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
7347 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007348 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7349 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
7350 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
7351 return false;
7352 Enc += "a(";
7353 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
7354 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
7355 else
7356 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
7357 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007358 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7359 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007360 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
7361 return false;
7362 Enc += ')';
7363 return true;
7364}
7365
7366/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7367/// and the arguments.
7368static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7369 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7370 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7371 Enc += "f{";
7372 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7373 return false;
7374 Enc += "}(";
7375 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7376 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7377 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7378 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7379 if (I != E) {
7380 do {
7381 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7382 return false;
7383 ++I;
7384 if (I != E)
7385 Enc += ',';
7386 } while (I != E);
7387 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7388 Enc += ",va";
7389 } else {
7390 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7391 Enc += "va";
7392 else
7393 Enc += '0';
7394 }
7395 }
7396 Enc += ')';
7397 return true;
7398}
7399
7400/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7401/// type encodings.
7402static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7403 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7404 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7405
7406 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7407
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007408 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7409 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7410 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7411 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7412
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007413 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7414
7415 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7416 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7417
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007418 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7419 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7420
7421 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7422 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7423
7424 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7425 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7426
7427 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7428 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7429
7430 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7431 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7432
7433 return false;
7434}
7435
7436static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7437 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7438 if (!D)
7439 return false;
7440
7441 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7442 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7443 return false;
7444 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7445 }
7446
7447 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7448 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7449 return false;
7450 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7451 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7452 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007453 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7454 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7455 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007456 }
7457 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7458 }
7459 return false;
7460}
7461
7462
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007463//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7464// Driver code
7465//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7466
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007467const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7468 return getTarget().getTriple();
7469}
7470
7471bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7472 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7473}
7474
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007475const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007476 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7477 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007478
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007479 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007480 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007481 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007482 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007483
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007484 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7485 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007486 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7487 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Petar Jovanovic26a4a402015-07-08 13:07:31 +00007488 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
7489 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007490 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7491
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007492 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7493 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007494 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7495
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007496 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007497 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007498 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007499 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007500 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007501
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007502 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007503 }
7504
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +00007505 case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
7506 case llvm::Triple::wasm64:
7507 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7508
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007509 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007510 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007511 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007512 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007513 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007514 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7515 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7516 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7517 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7518 }
7519
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007520 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00007521 StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI();
7522 if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007523 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00007524 else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16")
7525 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007526 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007527 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7528 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007529 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7530
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007531 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007532 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007533
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007534 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Petar Jovanovic88a328f2015-12-14 17:51:50 +00007535 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7536 new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007537 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007538 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007539 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007540 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7541 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007542 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007543
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007544 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007545 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007546 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007547 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007548 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007549 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007550 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007551 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007552 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007553 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007554
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007555 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007556 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007557 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007558
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007559 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7560 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007561 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007562
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007563 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007564 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007565
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007566 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7567 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7568 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7569 HasVector));
7570 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007571
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007572 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7573 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7574
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007575 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007576 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007577 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007578 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007579 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007580
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007581 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007582 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007583 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007584 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007585 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007586 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007587 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00007588 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters,
7589 CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007590 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007591 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007592
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007593 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007594 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00007595 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 :
7596 ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007597 X86AVXABILevel::None);
7598
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007599 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7600 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007601 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7602 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007603 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007604 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7605 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007606 default:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007607 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7608 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007609 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007610 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007611 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7612 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007613 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7614 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007615 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7616 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007617 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7618 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007619 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007620 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007621 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007622}